Saviynt SAVIGA-C01 Saviynt Certified IGA Professional Exam (L100) Exam Practice Test

Page: 1 / 14
Total 60 questions
Question 1

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 2

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 3

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 4

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 5

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 6

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 7

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 8

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 9

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 10

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 11

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 12

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 13

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 14

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 15

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 16

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 17

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 18

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 19

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 20

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 21

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 22

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 23

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 24

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 25

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 26

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 27

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 28

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 29

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 30

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 31

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 32

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 33

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 34

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 35

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 36

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 37

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 38

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 39

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 40

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 41

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 42

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 43

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 44

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 45

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 46

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 47

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 48

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 49

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 50

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 51

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 52

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 53

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 54

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 55

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 56

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 57

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 58

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 59

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 60

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 61

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 62

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 63

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 64

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 65

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 66

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 67

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 68

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 69

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 70

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 71

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 72

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 73

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 74

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 75

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 76

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 77

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 78

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 79

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 80

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 81

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 82

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 83

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 84

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 85

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 86

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 87

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 88

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 89

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 90

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 91

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 92

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 93

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 94

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 95

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 96

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 97

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 98

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 99

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 100

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 101

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 102

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 103

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 104

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 105

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 106

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 107

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 108

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 109

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 110

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 111

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 112

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 113

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 114

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 115

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 116

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 117

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 118

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 119

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 120

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 121

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 122

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 123

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 124

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 125

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 126

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 127

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 128

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 129

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 130

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 131

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 132

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 133

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 134

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 135

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 136

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 137

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 138

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 139

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 140

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 141

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 142

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 143

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 144

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 145

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 146

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 147

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 148

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 149

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 150

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 151

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 152

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 153

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 154

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 155

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 156

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 157

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 158

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 159

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 160

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 161

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 162

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 163

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 164

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 165

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 166

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 167

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 168

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 169

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 170

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 171

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 172

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 173

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 174

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 175

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 176

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 177

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 178

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 179

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 180

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 181

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 182

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 183

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 184

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 185

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 186

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 187

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 188

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 189

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 190

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 191

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 192

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 193

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 194

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 195

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 196

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 197

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 198

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 199

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 200

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 201

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 202

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 203

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 204

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 205

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 206

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 207

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 208

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 209

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 210

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 211

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 212

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 213

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 214

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 215

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 216

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 217

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 218

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 219

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 220

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 221

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 222

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 223

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 224

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 225

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 226

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 227

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 228

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 229

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 230

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 231

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 232

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 233

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 234

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 235

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 236

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 237

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 238

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 239

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 240

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 241

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 242

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 243

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 244

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 245

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 246

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 247

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 248

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 249

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 250

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 251

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 252

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 253

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 254

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 255

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 256

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 257

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 258

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 259

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 260

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 261

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 262

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 263

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 264

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 265

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 266

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 267

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 268

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 269

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 270

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 271

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 272

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 273

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 274

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 275

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 276

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 277

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 278

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 279

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 280

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 281

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 282

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 283

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 284

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 285

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 286

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 287

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 288

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 289

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 290

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 291

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 292

Jane was managing an AD Group; however, she had to decommission this group and revoke access for all the users.

Which of the following options should be used to perform the above task?



Answer : D

To decommission an AD Group and revoke access for all users, Jane should use D. Entitlement Owner Certification. Here is why:

AD Group as an Entitlement: In Saviynt, an AD Group is typically represented as an Entitlement.

Entitlement Owner Certification: This type of campaign allows the designated owner of an entitlement (in this case, Jane, as the manager of the AD Group) to review and certify who should have access to that entitlement.

Revoking Access: As the Entitlement Owner, Jane can use the certification campaign to:

Review the list of users: See all users who are currently members of the AD Group.

Revoke access for all users: Mark all users for removal from the group.

Decommissioning the Group: After revoking access for all users through the certification, Jane can then proceed with decommissioning the AD Group itself (either through Saviynt if it manages AD group lifecycle or directly in Active Directory).

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle, not a specific action for revoking access.

B . Entitlement Update Rule: While rules can automate some actions, a certification campaign provides a more controlled and auditable way to review and revoke access, especially for a sensitive action like decommissioning a group.

C . Mitigation Control: Mitigation controls are used to manage SoD conflicts, not for revoking access to entitlements.

In conclusion: An Entitlement Owner Certification campaign provides a structured and auditable way for Jane to review the membership of the AD Group, revoke access for all users, and prepare for the group's decommissioning, aligning with best practices for access management.


Question 293

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 294

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 295

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 296

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 297

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 298

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 299

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 300

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 301

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 302

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 303

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 304

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 305

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 306

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 307

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 308

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 309

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 310

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 311

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 312

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 313

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 314

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 315

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 316

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 317

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 318

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 319

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 320

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 321

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 322

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 323

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 324

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 325

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 326

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 327

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 328

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 329

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 330

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 331

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 332

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 333

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 334

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 335

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 336

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 337

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 338

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 339

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 340

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 341

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 342

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 343

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 344

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 345

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 346

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 347

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 348

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 349

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 350

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 351

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 352

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 353

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 354

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 355

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 356

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 357

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 358

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 359

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 360

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 361

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 362

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 363

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 364

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 365

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 366

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 367

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 368

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 369

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 370

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 371

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 372

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 373

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 374

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 375

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 376

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 377

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 378

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 379

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 380

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 381

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 382

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 383

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 384

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 385

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 386

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 387

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 388

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 389

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 390

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 391

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 392

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 393

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 394

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 395

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 396

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 397

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 398

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 399

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 400

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 401

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 402

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 403

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 404

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 405

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 406

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 407

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 408

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 409

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 410

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 411

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 412

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 413

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 414

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 415

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 416

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 417

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 418

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 419

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 420

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 421

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 422

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 423

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 424

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 425

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 426

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 427

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 428

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 429

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 430

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 431

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 432

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 433

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 434

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 435

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 436

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 437

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 438

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 439

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 440

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 441

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 442

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 443

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 444

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 445

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 446

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 447

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 448

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 449

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 450

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 451

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 452

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 453

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 454

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 455

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 456

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 457

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 458

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 459

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 460

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 461

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 462

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 463

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 464

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 465

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 466

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 467

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 468

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 469

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 470

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 471

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 472

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 473

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 474

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 475

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 476

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 477

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 478

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 479

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 480

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 481

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 482

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 483

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 484

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 485

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 486

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 487

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 488

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 489

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 490

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 491

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 492

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 493

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 494

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 495

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 496

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 497

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 498

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 499

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 500

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 501

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 502

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 503

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 504

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 505

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 506

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 507

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 508

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 509

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 510

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 511

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 512

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 513

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 514

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 515

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 516

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 517

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 518

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 519

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 520

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 521

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 522

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 523

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 524

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 525

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 526

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 527

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 528

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 529

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 530

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 531

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 532

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 533

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 534

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 535

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 536

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 537

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 538

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 539

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 540

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 541

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 542

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 543

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 544

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 545

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 546

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 547

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 548

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 549

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 550

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 551

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 552

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 553

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 554

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 555

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 556

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 557

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 558

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 559

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 560

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 561

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 562

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 563

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 564

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 565

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 566

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 567

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 568

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 569

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 570

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 571

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 572

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 573

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 574

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 575

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 576

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 577

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 578

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 579

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 580

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 581

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 582

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 583

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 584

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 585

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 586

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 587

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 588

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 589

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 590

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 591

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 592

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 593

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 594

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 595

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 596

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 597

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 598

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 599

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 600

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 601

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 602

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 603

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 604

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 605

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 606

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 607

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 608

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 609

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 610

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 611

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 612

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 613

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 614

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 615

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 616

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 617

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 618

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 619

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 620

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 621

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 622

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 623

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 624

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 625

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 626

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 627

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 628

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 629

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 630

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 631

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 632

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 633

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 634

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 635

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 636

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 637

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 638

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 639

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 640

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 641

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 642

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 643

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 644

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 645

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 646

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 647

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 648

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 649

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 650

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 651

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 652

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 653

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 654

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 655

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 656

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 657

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 658

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 659

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 660

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 661

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 662

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 663

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 664

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 665

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 666

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 667

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 668

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 669

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 670

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 671

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 672

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 673

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 674

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 675

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 676

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 677

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 678

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 679

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 680

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 681

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 682

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 683

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 684

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 685

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 686

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 687

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 688

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 689

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 690

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 691

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 692

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 693

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 694

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 695

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 696

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 697

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 698

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 699

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 700

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 701

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 702

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 703

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 704

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 705

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 706

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 707

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 708

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 709

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 710

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 711

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 712

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 713

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 714

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 715

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 716

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 717

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 718

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 719

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 720

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 721

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 722

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 723

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 724

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 725

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 726

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 727

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 728

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 729

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 730

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 731

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 732

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 733

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 734

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 735

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 736

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 737

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 738

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 739

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 740

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 741

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 742

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 743

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 744

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 745

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 746

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 747

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 748

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 749

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 750

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 751

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 752

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 753

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 754

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 755

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 756

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 757

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 758

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 759

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 760

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 761

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 762

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 763

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 764

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 765

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 766

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 767

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 768

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 769

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 770

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 771

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 772

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 773

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 774

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 775

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 776

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 777

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 778

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 779

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 780

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 781

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 782

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 783

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 784

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 785

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 786

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 787

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 788

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 789

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 790

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 791

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 792

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 793

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 794

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 795

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 796

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 797

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 798

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 799

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 800

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 801

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 802

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 803

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 804

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 805

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 806

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 807

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 808

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 809

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 810

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 811

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 812

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 813

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 814

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 815

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 816

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 817

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 818

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 819

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 820

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 821

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 822

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 823

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 824

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 825

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 826

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 827

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 828

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 829

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 830

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 831

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 832

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 833

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 834

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 835

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 836

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 837

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 838

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 839

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 840

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 841

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 842

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 843

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 844

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 845

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 846

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 847

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 848

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 849

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 850

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 851

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 852

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 853

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 854

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 855

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 856

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 857

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 858

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 859

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 860

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 861

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 862

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 863

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 864

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 865

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 866

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 867

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 868

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 869

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 870

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 871

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 872

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 873

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 874

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 875

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 876

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 877

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 878

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 879

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 880

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 881

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 882

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 883

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 884

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 885

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 886

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 887

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 888

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 889

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 890

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 891

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 892

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 893

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 894

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 895

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 896

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 897

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 898

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 899

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 900

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 901

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 902

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 903

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 904

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 905

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 906

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 907

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 908

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 909

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 910

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 911

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 912

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 913

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 914

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 915

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 916

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 917

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 918

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 919

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 920

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 921

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 922

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 923

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 924

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 925

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 926

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 927

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 928

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 929

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 930

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 931

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 932

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 933

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 934

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 935

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 936

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 937

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 938

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 939

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 940

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 941

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 942

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 943

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 944

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 945

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 946

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 947

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 948

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 949

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 950

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 951

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 952

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 953

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 954

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 955

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 956

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 957

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 958

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 959

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 960

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 961

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 962

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 963

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 964

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 965

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 966

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 967

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 968

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 969

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 970

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 971

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 972

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 973

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 974

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 975

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 976

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 977

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 978

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 979

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 980

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 981

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 982

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 983

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 984

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 985

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 986

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 987

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 988

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 989

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 990

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 991

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 992

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 993

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 994

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 995

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 996

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 997

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 998

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 999

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1000

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1001

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1002

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1003

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1004

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1005

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1006

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1007

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1008

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1009

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1010

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1011

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1012

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1013

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1014

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1015

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1016

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1017

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1018

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1019

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1020

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1021

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1022

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1023

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1024

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1025

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1026

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1027

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1028

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1029

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1030

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1031

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1032

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1033

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1034

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1035

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1036

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1037

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1038

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1039

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1040

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1041

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1042

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1043

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1044

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1045

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1046

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1047

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1048

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1049

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1050

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1051

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1052

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1053

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1054

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1055

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1056

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1057

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1058

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1059

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1060

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1061

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1062

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1063

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1064

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1065

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1066

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1067

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1068

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1069

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1070

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1071

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1072

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1073

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1074

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1075

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1076

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1077

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1078

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1079

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1080

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1081

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1082

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1083

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1084

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1085

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1086

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1087

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1088

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1089

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1090

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1091

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1092

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1093

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1094

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1095

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1096

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1097

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1098

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1099

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1100

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1101

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1102

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1103

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1104

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1105

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1106

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1107

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1108

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1109

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1110

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1111

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1112

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1113

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1114

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1115

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1116

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1117

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1118

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1119

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1120

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1121

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1122

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1123

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1124

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1125

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1126

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1127

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1128

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1129

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1130

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1131

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1132

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1133

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1134

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1135

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1136

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1137

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1138

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1139

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1140

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1141

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1142

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1143

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1144

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1145

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1146

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1147

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1148

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1149

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1150

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1151

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1152

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1153

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1154

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1155

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1156

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1157

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1158

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1159

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1160

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1161

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1162

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1163

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1164

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1165

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1166

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1167

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1168

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1169

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1170

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1171

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1172

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1173

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1174

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1175

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1176

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1177

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1178

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1179

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1180

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1181

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1182

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1183

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1184

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1185

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1186

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1187

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1188

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1189

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1190

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1191

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1192

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1193

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1194

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1195

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1196

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1197

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1198

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1199

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1200

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1201

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1202

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1203

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1204

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1205

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1206

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1207

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1208

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1209

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1210

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1211

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1212

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1213

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1214

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1215

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1216

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1217

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1218

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1219

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1220

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1221

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1222

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1223

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1224

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1225

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1226

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1227

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1228

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1229

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1230

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1231

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1232

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1233

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1234

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1235

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1236

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1237

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1238

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1239

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1240

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1241

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1242

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1243

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1244

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1245

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1246

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1247

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1248

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1249

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1250

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1251

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1252

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1253

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1254

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1255

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1256

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1257

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1258

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1259

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1260

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1261

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1262

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1263

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1264

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1265

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1266

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1267

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1268

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1269

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1270

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1271

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1272

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1273

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1274

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1275

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1276

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1277

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1278

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1279

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1280

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1281

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1282

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1283

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1284

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1285

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1286

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1287

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1288

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1289

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1290

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1291

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1292

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1293

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1294

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1295

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1296

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1297

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1298

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1299

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1300

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1301

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1302

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1303

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1304

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1305

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1306

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1307

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1308

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1309

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1310

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1311

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1312

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1313

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1314

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1315

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1316

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1317

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1318

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1319

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1320

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1321

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1322

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1323

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1324

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1325

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1326

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1327

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1328

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1329

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1330

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1331

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1332

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1333

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1334

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1335

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1336

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1337

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1338

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1339

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1340

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1341

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1342

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1343

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1344

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1345

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1346

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1347

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1348

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1349

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1350

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1351

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1352

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1353

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1354

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1355

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1356

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1357

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1358

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1359

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1360

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1361

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1362

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1363

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1364

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1365

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1366

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1367

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1368

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1369

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1370

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1371

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1372

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1373

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1374

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1375

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1376

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1377

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1378

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1379

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1380

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1381

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1382

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1383

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1384

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1385

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1386

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1387

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1388

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1389

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1390

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1391

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1392

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1393

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1394

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1395

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1396

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1397

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1398

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1399

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1400

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1401

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1402

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1403

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1404

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1405

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1406

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1407

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1408

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1409

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1410

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1411

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1412

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1413

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1414

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1415

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1416

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1417

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1418

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1419

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1420

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1421

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1422

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1423

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1424

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1425

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1426

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1427

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1428

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1429

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1430

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1431

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1432

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1433

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1434

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1435

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1436

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1437

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1438

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1439

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1440

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1441

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1442

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1443

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1444

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1445

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1446

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1447

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1448

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1449

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1450

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1451

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1452

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1453

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1454

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1455

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1456

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1457

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1458

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1459

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1460

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1461

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1462

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1463

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1464

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1465

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1466

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1467

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1468

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1469

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1470

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1471

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1472

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1473

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1474

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1475

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1476

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1477

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1478

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1479

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1480

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1481

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1482

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1483

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1484

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1485

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1486

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1487

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1488

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1489

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1490

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1491

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1492

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1493

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1494

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1495

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1496

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1497

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1498

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1499

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1500

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1501

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1502

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1503

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1504

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1505

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1506

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1507

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1508

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1509

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1510

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1511

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1512

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1513

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1514

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1515

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1516

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1517

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1518

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1519

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1520

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1521

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1522

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1523

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1524

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1525

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1526

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1527

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1528

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1529

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1530

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1531

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1532

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1533

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1534

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1535

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1536

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1537

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1538

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1539

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1540

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1541

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1542

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1543

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1544

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1545

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1546

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1547

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1548

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1549

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1550

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1551

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1552

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1553

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1554

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1555

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1556

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1557

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1558

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1559

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1560

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1561

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1562

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1563

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1564

A Campaign Owner can create various types of a User Manager Campaign to save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews.



Answer : C

To save different settings for various categories of Manager Access Reviews within User Manager Campaigns, a Campaign Owner can create C. Campaign Templates. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Templates: Templates allow you to pre-configure various settings for a campaign and save them as a reusable template. This includes settings related to:

Campaign Scope: Defining which users, applications, or entitlements are included.

Certifier Selection: Specifying the type of certifiers (e.g., Managers, Application Owners).

Scheduling and Notifications: Setting up the campaign schedule and email notifications.

Advanced Configurations: Including filters, risk scores, and other advanced settings.

Multiple Templates for Different Categories: A Campaign Owner can create multiple templates, each tailored to a specific category of Manager Access Review. For example:

Template 1: For high-risk applications, with stricter filters and more frequent reviews.

Template 2: For low-risk applications, with broader scope and less frequent reviews.

Template 3: For specific departments or business units, with customized certifier selection.

Benefits of Using Templates:

Consistency: Ensures that similar types of reviews are conducted consistently.

Efficiency: Saves time by eliminating the need to configure each campaign from scratch.

Reduced Errors: Minimizes the risk of manual configuration errors.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Global Configurations: Global configurations apply to all campaigns, not to specific categories of reviews.

B . Campaign Types: Campaign types (e.g., User Manager, Entitlement Owner) define the overall purpose of the campaign, not the specific settings for different categories within a campaign type.

D . Campaign Previews: Previews are for reviewing the campaign data before launch, not for saving different configurations.

In conclusion: Campaign Templates in Saviynt provide a powerful way to save and reuse different configurations for various categories of Manager Access Reviews, promoting consistency, efficiency, and accuracy in the certification process.


Question 1565

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1566

What is a Campaign?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, a Campaign is best described as a D. Group of similar Certifications. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Campaigns and Certifications:

Campaign: A container that defines the scope, schedule, participants, and other settings for a set of related access certifications.

Certification: The individual review task assigned to a Certifier (e.g., a manager reviewing their subordinates' access, an application owner reviewing users of their application).

Analogy: Think of a Campaign as a project, and Certifications as individual tasks within that project.

Purpose of Campaigns: Campaigns provide a structured way to manage and track access reviews, ensuring that they are conducted regularly and consistently.

Examples of Campaigns:

User Manager Campaign: Groups certifications where managers review their subordinates' access.

Entitlement Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where entitlement owners review who has access to their entitlements.

Application Owner Campaign: Groups certifications where application owners review who has access to their applications.

Why Other Options Are Incorrect:

A . Group of similar Endpoints: Endpoints are systems or applications connected to Saviynt, not the primary grouping within a campaign.

B . Group of User Groups: User groups are collections of users, not the defining element of a campaign.

C . Group of Dashboards: Dashboards provide visualizations of data, but they are not the core component of a campaign.

In conclusion: A Campaign in Saviynt is essentially a container for a set of related access certifications, providing a framework for managing and organizing the review process based on specific criteria and objectives.


Question 1567

Which of the following formats is suitable for downloading an Analytics report? (Select all that apply)



Answer : A

The formats suitable for downloading an Analytics report in Saviynt typically include A. CSV file and Excel Sheet. Here's an explanation:

Saviynt's Reporting Capabilities: Saviynt provides options for exporting and downloading analytics reports in various formats to facilitate data sharing and further analysis.

Common Export Formats:

CSV (Comma Separated Values): A widely used format for storing tabular data in plain text. It's easily imported into various data analysis tools and spreadsheet programs.

Excel Sheet (e.g., .xlsx): A popular spreadsheet format that allows for data organization, formatting, and calculations.

Why These Formats Are Suitable:

Data Analysis: Both CSV and Excel formats are well-suited for further data analysis and manipulation.

Reporting: They are commonly used for creating reports and sharing data with stakeholders.

Compatibility: Most data analysis and reporting tools support these formats.

Other Less Common Options: While less frequent, Saviynt might offer other export formats like PDF, depending on the specific version and configuration.

B . Text file: Although technically a text file, a raw .txt export might not be as useful for structured data like analytics reports. CSV would be preferred.

In conclusion: CSV and Excel are the most common and practical formats for downloading analytics reports from Saviynt, offering flexibility for data analysis, reporting, and sharing.


Question 1568

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Question 1569

The process of Attestation or Certification can be best described as:



Answer : B

The process of Attestation or Certification in the context of Saviynt can be best described as B . Access Reviews. Here's why:

Attestation/Certification: These terms are often used interchangeably in the context of identity governance. They refer to the process of formally reviewing and approving or revoking user access rights.

Access Reviews: This is the broader term that encompasses the entire process of periodically reviewing user access to ensure it is appropriate and aligned with business needs and security policies. Attestation and Certification are specific actions performed within an access review.

Saviynt's Campaigns: Saviynt's campaigns are designed to facilitate and manage access reviews.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Segregation of Duties: SoD is a principle that aims to prevent fraud and errors by dividing critical tasks among different individuals. While access reviews can help enforce SoD, they are not the same thing.

C . Access Request: This is the process of requesting access to resources, which is a separate process from reviewing existing access.

D . Application Onboarding: This is the process of integrating an application into Saviynt, which is a prerequisite for access reviews but not the review process itself.

In conclusion: Attestation or Certification, as performed within Saviynt campaigns, are integral parts of the broader process of Access Reviews, which aim to ensure that user access is appropriate, authorized, and aligned with security policies.


Question 1570

The following USER_IMPORT_MAPPING attribute is set up in Workday RAAS connection:

USER_IMPORT_MAPPING

{

"ImportType": "RAAS",

"ResponsePath": "wd:Report_Data.wd:Report_Entry",

"ImportMapping": {

"USERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"SYSTEMUSERNAME": "wd:User_Name~#~string",

"FIRSTNAME": "wd:First_Name~#~string",

"CITY": "wd:Location.wd:Descriptor~#~string"

}

}

As per the above mapping, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in Workday, and User_Name is the attribute defined in EIC.



Answer : B

The statement is False. In the provided USER_IMPORT_MAPPING, USERNAME is the user attribute defined in EIC (Enterprise Identity Cloud), and wd:User_Name is the attribute defined in Workday. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's USER_IMPORT_MAPPING: This configuration within a connection (in this case, Workday RAAS) defines how data from the connected system (Workday) should be mapped to attributes within Saviynt's EIC.

ImportMapping: This section specifies the mapping between source attributes (Workday) and target attributes (EIC).

USERNAME: In the provided mapping, USERNAME (without the wd: prefix) is the target attribute, meaning it's an attribute within Saviynt's EIC.

wd:User_Name: The wd: prefix typically indicates a Workday attribute. Therefore, wd:User_Name is the source attribute from Workday.

~#~string: This likely indicates the data type of the attribute (string in this case).

Correct Interpretation: The mapping is saying: 'Take the value of the wd:User_Name attribute from Workday and map it to the USERNAME attribute in EIC.'

In essence: The USER_IMPORT_MAPPING defines how data from Workday is translated into Saviynt's internal data model, and in this case, USERNAME belongs to Saviynt (EIC), while wd:User_Name belongs to Workday.


Question 1571

Which of the following Role types should be selected for a Role containing Entitlements that span across multiple applications?



Answer : D

In Saviynt, Enterprise Roles are specifically designed to encompass entitlements that span multiple applications. This is in contrast to Application Roles, which are limited to entitlements within a single application.

Enterprise Roles: Provide a way to group entitlements across different applications, reflecting a user's overall job function or responsibilities within the organization. This is essential for managing access for users who need permissions in various systems to perform their duties.

Other Role Types:

Application Role: Grants permissions specific to a single application.

Transactional Role: Focuses on granting permissions for specific tasks or transactions within an application.

Enabler Role: Provides supplementary permissions that enhance or support other roles.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The section on Role Management within Saviynt's documentation clearly defines the different role types and their purposes.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses emphasize the importance of Enterprise Roles in managing cross-application access.


Question 1572

Which of the following Account statuses is not considered in a User Manager Campaign certification?



Answer : D

The Account status that is not typically considered in a User Manager Campaign certification in Saviynt is D. Manually Provisioned. Here's why:

Saviynt's User Manager Campaign Focus: User Manager Campaigns primarily focus on reviewing and certifying access that is actively managed and tracked within Saviynt.

Account Statuses and Their Relevance:

A . Manually Suspended: Indicates an account that has been intentionally disabled within Saviynt. These accounts are often included in reviews to ensure the suspension is still valid.

B . Inactive: Indicates an account that has not been used for a certain period. These accounts are often included in reviews to determine if they should be disabled or removed.

C . Suspended from Import Service: Indicates an account that has been suspended due to issues during an import process. These accounts are typically reviewed to resolve the import problem and determine the appropriate account status.

Manually Provisioned Accounts: These accounts are created directly in the target system, bypassing Saviynt's provisioning processes. As such, they might not be fully tracked or managed within Saviynt.

Out-of-Band Access: Manually provisioned accounts represent a form of out-of-band access, which is often excluded from standard User Manager Campaigns.

Separate Review Process: Organizations might have separate processes for reviewing manually provisioned accounts, such as using the RevokeOutOfBandAccessJob or a different type of campaign.

In conclusion: While other account statuses like Manually Suspended, Inactive, and Suspended from Import Service are relevant to access management within Saviynt and are often included in User Manager Campaigns, Manually Provisioned accounts might be excluded because they represent access granted outside of Saviynt's control and might require a different review process.


Question 1573

Which of the following options can a Campaign Owner use to view the Entitlements Query that was used in a previously launched Campaign?



Answer : C

To view the Entitlements Query used in a previously launched Campaign in Saviynt, a Campaign Owner can use the C. Campaign Summary. Here's why:

Saviynt's Campaign Summary: The Campaign Summary provides a detailed overview of a campaign's configuration, including:

Campaign Scope: The users, applications, or entitlements included in the campaign.

Filters and Queries: Any filters or queries used to define the campaign scope, including the Entitlements Query.

Certifier Information: Details about the assigned certifiers.

Schedule: The campaign's start and end dates.

Status: The current status of the campaign (e.g., Active, Completed, Expired).

Accessing the Entitlements Query: The Campaign Summary typically includes a section that displays the exact query used to select the entitlements included in the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Reconfigure option: While you might be able to see the query by going into the reconfiguration, it's not the most direct way. The Campaign Summary is designed to provide this information readily.

B . Campaign Export: Exporting the campaign data might include the list of entitlements but not necessarily the original query used to select them.

D . Export option at the top right corner of the page, next to the Refresh Progress option: This option typically exports the current view of the campaign data, not the underlying configuration details like the Entitlements Query.

In conclusion: The Campaign Summary in Saviynt is the most direct and convenient place for a Campaign Owner to review the detailed configuration of a campaign, including the Entitlements Query used to define the campaign's scope.


Question 1574

Single Sign-On is enabled in EIC using Azure Identity Provider. In this scenario, can the user log in using Azure and EIC native authentication?



Answer : B

When Single Sign-On (SSO) is enabled in Saviynt EIC using an external Identity Provider (IdP) like Azure AD, it generally becomes the exclusive authentication method. This means users cannot use Saviynt's native authentication (i.e., logging in with a username/password stored directly within Saviynt).

Reasons for this:

Security and Centralized Control: SSO with an IdP enhances security by centralizing authentication and enforcing stronger password policies. Allowing native logins would create a potential bypass of these security measures.

User Experience: SSO provides a seamless login experience, eliminating the need for users to remember multiple credentials. Offering both SSO and native logins could lead to confusion and a less streamlined process.

Administrative Efficiency: SSO simplifies user management by delegating authentication to the IdP. Administrators don't need to manage separate user accounts and passwords within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's documentation on SSO configurations emphasizes that enabling SSO typically disables native authentication methods.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO recommend enforcing SSO as the sole authentication method for improved security and user experience.

Saviynt Implementation Guides: Implementation guides for setting up SSO with various IdPs, including Azure AD, often highlight the exclusive nature of SSO authentication.


Question 1575

An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier.



Answer : B

The statement 'An Application Owner Campaign can have multiple primary Certifiers and a single secondary Certifier' is generally False in Saviynt. Here's why:

Saviynt's Application Owner Campaign: This campaign type is designed for Application Owners to review and certify access to their applications.

Primary Certifier: There is usually a single designated Application Owner for each application. This is because application ownership is typically a single point of accountability. While it is technically possible to assign multiple owners, it is not considered a best practice.

Secondary Certifiers (Backup/Delegates): Application Owner Campaigns can have multiple secondary certifiers. These are often used as:

Backup: To ensure the campaign can proceed if the primary certifier is unavailable.

Delegates: To allow the primary certifier to delegate some of the certification tasks.

Consultants: Other stakeholders, such as security or compliance teams, who can be consulted during the decision-making process.

Why the Statement Is Generally False: The core principle of application ownership implies a single point of accountability. While multiple secondary certifiers can assist, having multiple primary certifiers can lead to confusion and conflicting decisions.

Possible Exceptions (Less Common):

Highly Customized Configurations: In some very specific scenarios, organizations might customize Saviynt to allow multiple primary certifiers for an application, but this is not a standard or recommended practice.


Question 1576

There is a requirement to have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign.

Which of the following configurations would be appropriate to achieve this?



Answer : B

To have multiple users as Campaign Owners for a User Manager Campaign in Saviynt, the appropriate configuration is to B. Create a user group and choose the user group as the Campaign Owner. Here's the explanation:

Saviynt's User Groups: User groups are collections of users that can be used for various purposes, including assigning roles, permissions, and ownership.

Campaign Owner as a User Group: Saviynt allows you to specify a user group as the owner of a campaign. This means that all members of the group will have the same campaign ownership permissions.

Benefits of Using a User Group:

Simplified Management: It's easier to manage a group of users than to assign individual users as campaign owners.

Flexibility: You can easily add or remove users from the group to adjust campaign ownership as needed.

Shared Responsibility: All members of the group share responsibility for managing the campaign.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Create a user Query and add users: While you can use queries to select users, directly using a user group is a more standard and manageable approach for assigning multiple campaign owners.

C . Create a Roles Query and add Roles of various users: Roles are typically used for granting access rights, not for defining campaign ownership.

D . Create an Organization Query and add users: Organization queries are related to the organizational structure and are not the best way to define a group of campaign owners.

In conclusion: Using a user group as the Campaign Owner in Saviynt provides a flexible and manageable way to assign multiple users as owners, simplifying administration and promoting shared responsibility for campaign management.


Question 1577

In the process of setting up Single Sign-On using SAML 2.0, the "SP Entity ID" acts as a unique identifier for the Saviynt SP. If "SP Entity ID" is set to the value of SaviyntSP, which of the following will be the correct Single Sign-On URL to log in to EIC?



Answer : C

In Saviynt's SAML 2.0 based Single Sign-On (SSO) configuration, the 'SP Entity ID' uniquely identifies Saviynt as the Service Provider (SP) to the Identity Provider (IdP). The correct SSO URL structure incorporates this 'SP Entity ID' within a specific path.

Saviynt's URL Structure: Saviynt's SSO URLs follow a pattern to ensure proper routing and authentication. The /ECM/saml/SSO/alias/ portion is crucial for directing SAML-based login attempts.

Why the other options are incorrect:

A . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/ECM/saml/SSO/SaviyntSP: This URL is missing the crucial 'alias' segment in the path, making it invalid for SAML SSO.

B . https://myorg.saviyntcloud.com/SaviyntSP: This URL doesn't include the necessary components for SAML-based authentication within Saviynt.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: Saviynt's official documentation on configuring SAML SSO provides details on the correct URL structure and the significance of the 'SP Entity ID.'

Saviynt Support: Saviynt's support resources and knowledge base articles often address issues related to SSO configuration, reinforcing the correct URL format


Question 1578

The Max Authentication Session parameter in Single Sign-On settings specifies the maximum duration, in seconds, for which an SSO session will remain valid. The default value is 3600 seconds. If the session logout value defined in IDP is 10,000 seconds and Max Authentication Session in Saviynt SSO is 5000 seconds, how long will the session last?



Answer : A

In Saviynt's SSO setup, the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter determines the maximum duration of an SSO session within Saviynt, overriding any longer durations set by the Identity Provider (IdP).

Session Duration Logic: Saviynt's internal session timeout setting takes precedence over the IdP's session timeout. This ensures that Saviynt can enforce its own security policies regarding session lifetimes.

Why other options are incorrect:

B . 10,000 seconds: This is the IdP's session logout value, but Saviynt's 'Max Authentication Session' setting overrides it.

C . 3600 seconds: This is the default value, but the question specifies a configured value of 5000 seconds.

Saviynt IGA Reference:

Saviynt Documentation: The documentation for configuring SSO settings within Saviynt explains the 'Max Authentication Session' parameter and its impact on session duration.

Saviynt Best Practices: Saviynt's best practices for SSO often recommend aligning session timeouts between the IdP and Saviynt to avoid confusion and potential security gaps.


Question 1579

Which of the following options support Authentication Mechanisms in Saviynt?



Answer : D

Saviynt primarily leverages SAML 2.0 as its core authentication mechanism. SAML (Security Assertion Markup Language) is an open standard for exchanging authentication and authorization data between parties, in this case, between users and Saviynt. It allows for secure, single sign-on experiences.

While Saviynt can interact with databases, REST APIs, and LDAP directories for various purposes like identity data aggregation or provisioning, these are not its primary authentication methods.

Databases: Saviynt can connect to databases to pull identity information, but the platform itself doesn't authenticate users directly against a database.

REST: REST APIs are used for programmatic interaction with Saviynt, not typically for initial user authentication.

LDAP: While LDAP can be a source of identity data, Saviynt's core authentication relies on SAML for its standardized and secure approach.

Key Saviynt IGA references supporting this:

Saviynt Documentation: The official Saviynt documentation consistently refers to SAML as the primary authentication mechanism.

Saviynt Connectors: Saviynt provides pre-built connectors for various identity providers (IdPs) that support SAML, further emphasizing its reliance on this standard.

Saviynt Training Materials: Saviynt's training courses and certifications highlight SAML's role in the platform's authentication framework.


Question 1580

Anitha, a manager, has a large number of users reporting to her, with most of them working remotely.

Which of the following Campaign Types would you recommend for this scenario to reduce certification fatigue for Anitha?



Answer : C

To reduce certification fatigue for Anitha, a manager with a large number of remote users, the recommended approach is C. Launch a Self Certification Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items. Here's the rationale:

Self Certification Campaign:

Purpose: Allows users to review and certify their own access.

Benefits for this scenario:

Reduces Manager Burden: Shifts the initial review responsibility from Anitha to the individual users, who are most familiar with their own access needs.

Scalability: Well-suited for large, distributed teams, as it doesn't rely solely on the manager's capacity.

Empowerment: Gives users more control over their access and promotes a culture of accountability.

User Manager Campaign on Certified Items:

Purpose: Allows managers to review and certify their subordinates' access.

Benefits when combined with Self Certification:

Focus on Exceptions: Anitha can focus her review on items that were not self-certified or that require further scrutiny after the initial self-certification.

Reduced Volume: The volume of items Anitha needs to review is significantly reduced, as users have already certified their own access.

Increased Efficiency: Streamlines the manager's review process, making it more manageable and less time-consuming.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

A . Launch User Manager Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: This sequence is less effective because it puts the burden on the manager first, potentially leading to fatigue.

B . Launch Application Owner Campaign and then Self Certification Campaign on certified items: Application Owner campaigns are not relevant to a manager's review of their subordinates' access.

D . Launch Service Account Campaign and then User Manager Campaign on certified items: Service Account campaigns are for reviewing service accounts, not user access.


Question 1581

Access privileges for any specific Analytical Control can be assigned using SAV Roles. Which of the following tasks can be performed, by default, by users belonging to an SAV Role?



Answer : B

When access privileges for a specific Analytical Control are assigned using SAV Roles in Saviynt, users belonging to that role can, by default, perform the following tasks: B. View Control, Run Control, and View Analytic History of the Control. Here's a breakdown:

Saviynt's Role-Based Access Control (RBAC): Saviynt uses RBAC to manage access to various features and functionalities, including Analytical Controls.

Analytical Controls: These are pre-defined or custom-built analytics reports or dashboards.

Default Permissions: When a user is granted access to an Analytical Control via an SAV Role, they typically receive a set of default permissions:

View Control: Allows the user to view the configuration and definition of the Analytical Control (e.g., the query, parameters, visualization).

Run Control: Allows the user to execute the Analytical Control and generate results.

View Analytic History: Allows the user to see the history of previous executions of the Analytical Control, including the results and timestamps.

Why These Permissions Are Important:

Transparency: Users can understand how the analytics are defined and generated.

Usability: Users can run the analytics and obtain insights.

Auditing: Users can review past results for trend analysis or investigation.

Other Options:

A . Only view the configurations of the Control: This is too restrictive; users need to be able to run the control to get value from it.

C . Only view the Analytic History of the Control: This is also too limited; users should be able to run the control and view its configuration as well.

D . View Control and Run Control: While closer, it's missing the 'View Analytic History' permission, which is important for auditing and analysis.

MISCELLANEOUS


Question 1582

As an Admin, you are required to set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint by the Internal Audit team. The Campaign should be launched at the beginning of every month, and only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites should be included in the Campaign.

Which of the following 2-key configurations would you recommend for achieving this?



Answer : A

To set up an Entitlement Owner Campaign for Entitlements belonging to an Oracle ERP Endpoint that launches at the beginning of every month, and includes only Accounts and Entitlements that meet the prerequisites, the 2-key configurations you should recommend are A . Use Campaign Template and the Schedule Later option. Here's a breakdown:

Campaign Template:

Purpose: Templates allow you to save a set of campaign configurations as a reusable template. This is ideal for recurring campaigns with consistent settings.

Benefits: Using a template saves time and ensures consistency across multiple campaign instances. You can define the scope (Oracle ERP Endpoint), Certifier type (Entitlement Owners), and other settings within the template.

Prerequisites: You can include logic within the template to filter for Accounts and Entitlements that meet the defined prerequisites.

Schedule Later option:

Purpose: This option allows you to schedule the campaign to launch at a specific date and time in the future.

Recurring Scheduling: You can configure the campaign to run on a recurring schedule, such as the beginning of every month.

Automation: This automates the campaign launch process, eliminating the need for manual intervention each month.

Why Other Options Are Less Suitable:

B . Use Advanced Configurations and Preview mode and create the Campaign at the beginning of each month: This approach is manual and prone to errors. It doesn't leverage the automation benefits of templates and scheduling.

C . Use Advanced Configurations and set the Campaign expiry to 31 days: While setting an expiry is important, it doesn't address the need for recurring monthly launches or using a template for consistent configuration.

D . Cannot be achieved: This is incorrect; the scenario can be easily achieved using Campaign Templates and the Schedule Later option.


Page:    1 / 14   
Total 60 questions